# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Mandy Choy , 2023 # Benson , 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: zh_TW\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "條碼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" " bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " "be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." " The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " "receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " "barcode pattern—which is a defined format of numbers, letters, special " "characters, and character length—to ensure proper interpretation of the " "barcode. By scanning the barcode on an unopened box, GS1 nomenclature can " "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" " condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the corresponding " ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " "`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` and finally, select " ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.) " "serves as the universal prefix for GS1 for barcode identification. Odoo uses" " regular expressions to describe barcode patterns concisely. Each barcode " "pattern begins with a required 2-4 digit :abbr:`A.I. (application " "identifier)`, which corresponds to the rule defined in the system's " ":ref:`barcode nomenclature list `. By including the appropriate :abbr:`A.I. (application " "identifier)` from the list, Odoo can accurately interpret GS1 barcodes. " "While most barcode patterns have a flexible length, some specific patterns, " "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, the following section contains examples of " "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "名稱" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "規則名稱" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "條碼模式" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "產品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "數量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "批次號碼" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " ` feature. To do so, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Next, " "under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box for " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universal and " "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " "barcodes into a single barcode that contains detailed information about the " "package contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the :guilabel:`Configure " "Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` section. " "Enter the 14-digit GTIN into the :guilabel:`Barcode` column, then click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receptions to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs" " (Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " "the page, this means the reception was processed without issue. Finally, " "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product " "Moves`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list `, " "Odoo will fail to interpret the entire barcode. To ensure the complete " "reading of the barcode, it is necessary to add the missing barcode to Odoo's" " list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " still useful to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are " "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. Then, select the " ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1 內容類型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "套裝" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "單位產品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包裝" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "目的庫位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "地點" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "批次" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "包裝日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "最佳日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "過期日期" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "測量" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "包裝類型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "包裝類型" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " "products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " "the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "收據" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " "location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "交貨單" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " "your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "內部轉帳" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "設定" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " "that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " "delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "庫存" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 msgid "Warehouse management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " "human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:12 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" " product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " "currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " ":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:66 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:77 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " "`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:104 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:108 msgid "" "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " "to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " "page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " "Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:114 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:118 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:125 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:127 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:144 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:162 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:170 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:177 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:179 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:191 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:197 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:200 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:202 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:217 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:221 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:222 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:223 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:224 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:228 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:231 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " "applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" "To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" "For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" "down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介紹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " "info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " "features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " ":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 msgid "" "Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" " the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 msgid "" "After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "" "Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 msgid "" "On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " "that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " "information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" " usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" " batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " "for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " "lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " "back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " "expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " "enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " "this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and choose a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " "form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" " lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:58 msgid "" "New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " "number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" " Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " "separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " "automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:64 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " "and changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " "added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" " app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " "product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" " assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 msgid "" "Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " "For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " "form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " "order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 msgid "Manage lots on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " "purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " "information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " "to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " "(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:116 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " "confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " "product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" "up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " "number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:131 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " ":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " "column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 msgid "" "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" " location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:149 msgid "" "If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " "the :guilabel:`Demand`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:153 msgid "" "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " "all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " "assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" " lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " ":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " "entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:163 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:166 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" " assigned, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:176 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:179 msgid "" "On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" " :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:185 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " ":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:196 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" " there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:200 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " "total quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:205 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " "also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:213 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" " the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:221 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:226 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " "the same lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:232 msgid "" "In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " "products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " "be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:235 msgid "" "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" " the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:238 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:242 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " "page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " "enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" " the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" " to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:247 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " "the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " "Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:256 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:262 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " "stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:265 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:269 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:272 msgid "" "To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " "search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " "the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:276 msgid "" "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " "Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " "appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " "products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " "without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" "up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " "supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " "serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " ":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " "so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " "out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " "cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " "from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " "serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "雜項操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" "Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 msgid "" "From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " "options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" "A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "建立延期交貨欠單" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " "record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " "become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "計劃" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " "implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " "and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" " scheduled dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " "each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " "will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " "them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " "all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " "account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " "based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" " a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " "set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " "lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " "days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" " scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " "Time**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When" " the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " "scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " "adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " "date is set on the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " "Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" " Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" " automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " "configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into " "account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" "by Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "客戶前置時間" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " "product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "Security Lead Time" msgstr "安全時間" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " "deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " "based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " "confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " "April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" " with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " "of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " "Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "製造前置時間" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" " deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " "July is June 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " "Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " "the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "產品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" " sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " "vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " "product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " "order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:31 msgid "" "Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:47 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:49 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:53 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:65 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " "(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:81 msgid "" "On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:85 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:88 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:98 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:102 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " "the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:106 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:110 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:120 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:5 msgid "" "Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:9 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " "Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:15 msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "" "In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " "configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:21 msgid "" "First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is " "necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, " "and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " "from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " "to replenish the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:36 msgid "" "If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." " This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:45 msgid "" "If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " "needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " "is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " "with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:49 msgid "" "If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," " select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:58 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill" " out the new line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " "without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " "number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " "to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " "value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:79 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then " "select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, " "then fill out the new line as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:83 msgid "" "Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted " "quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a " "replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, " "the scheduler runs once each day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:88 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select " "the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be " "aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:92 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " "Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests " "for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:96 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:101 msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" " to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:107 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. " "To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:111 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ " "(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the " ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the " ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:116 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:124 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " "*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " "strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " "the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " "use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " "product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "" "*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " "order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " "**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " "needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " "Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" " are both `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " "forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" "Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " "or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " "product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " "the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" " tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " "tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " "replenishment report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " "current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " ":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " "and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " "columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" "The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " "these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " "icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " "field to make it visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " "orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " ":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" " is configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " ":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " "below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " "replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " "being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " "will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " "Orders` button is clicked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:133 msgid "" "To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " ":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " ":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:136 msgid "" "When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " "|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:139 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " "replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" " the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:147 msgid "" "A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " ":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " "created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " "that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:156 msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:158 msgid "" "Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " "hidden by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:161 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:170 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " "warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:174 msgid "" "To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " "desired product to open its product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:180 msgid "" "For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" " route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:184 msgid "" "For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " "route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " "which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " "the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 msgid "" "The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " "for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " "supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:13 msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " "activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "" "After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " "of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " "conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" " only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:38 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " "sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" " line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " "`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" " reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" " since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." " Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:51 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" " that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " "the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " "Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:65 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" " inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " "to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " "However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:80 msgid "" "After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " "automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:85 msgid "" "For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "重訂貨規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " ":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " "of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " "form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " "for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" " purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:104 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " "product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" " can be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" " (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " "corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " "product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" " delivery shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " "its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" " of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" " bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*" " are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " "configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "度量單位" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14 msgid "" "A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to " "measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, " "time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " "example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:18 msgid "" "In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by " "specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " "selling products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:25 msgid "" "Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo " "automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " "orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:29 msgid "" "The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " "category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:33 msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:38 msgid "" "Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used " "to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " "in centimeters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:45 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product " "(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from " "the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " "automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 msgid "" "On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from" " `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " "the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包裹" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " "picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " "either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " "containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:74 msgid "" "Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " "packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated" " into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" " of erasers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:80 msgid "" "Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:83 msgid "" "In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:86 msgid "" "To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:90 msgid "" "On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" " :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:97 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" " pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " ":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:101 msgid "" "Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " "addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " "Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " "into." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:105 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:110 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:112 msgid "" "Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" " package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " "Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. " "This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:118 msgid "" "To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " "Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the " "right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:124 msgid "" "Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " "the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " "type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the " "field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo " "displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " "`PACK0000007`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " "be specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:134 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " "`PACK0000007` each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:141 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:144 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " "products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " "matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:149 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " "products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" " to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157 msgid "Packagings" msgstr "包裝" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159 msgid "" "*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " "holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " "cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " "individual product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:163 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " "6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " "`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:168 msgid "Set up packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:170 msgid "" "To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " "enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:180 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " "pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" " should be entered:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:184 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:187 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:193 msgid "" "Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " "the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " "quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:201 msgid "" "When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " "detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:206 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" "Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:214 msgid "View all packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:216 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:222 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " "products, or a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:231 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:233 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:238 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:245 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" "After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " "Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 msgid "" "For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " "Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "" "First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " "always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" "Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " ":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " "product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " "the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " "the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " "lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" "After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " "record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 msgid "" "The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost journal entry" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 msgid "" "Landed cost records can also be directly created in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " "journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " "is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " "Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " "only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " "*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" " both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " "used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 msgid "Costing methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 msgid "" "Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " "valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "" "**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " "product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " "compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " "differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " "average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" " on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " "constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 msgid "" "**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " "items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " "valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " "sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " "lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " "valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" " recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " "here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " "choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " "desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " ":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " ":guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Using the inventory valuation " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " "products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " ":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " "to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " ":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " "entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " ":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " "filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91 msgid "Inventory flow table of contents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" " Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" " click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " "select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " "the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " "on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " "which are all associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " "order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," " since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " "Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" "By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " "stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " "section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接接收產品(1步收貨)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" " a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " "here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "直接出貨(1步)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " "before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " "products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" " shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " "*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." " To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " "connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "" "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" " confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " "receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" " :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " "until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "" "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " "confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " "order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " "cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "" "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " "is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " "delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " "on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "" "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " "quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" " :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " "other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " "status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "倉庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " "with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" "The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " "Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " "warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" "If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " "inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " "Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " "to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " "products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " "to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" "After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " ":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " "values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " "transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" "warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " "additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" " new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " "transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " "the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " "outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " "the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " "incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" " warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " "button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " "then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" " page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " "reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " "that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" " button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " "the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " "the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " "product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "倉庫" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "" "A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " "sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " "Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 msgid "There are three types of locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " "structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 msgid "" "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 msgid "" "Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " ":guilabel:`Locations` setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 msgid "Create a new location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 msgid "" "To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take " "stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple" " warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " "locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes " "next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23 msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be" " created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " "the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " ":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " "warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to " "process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by" " selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and " ":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will " "depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " "individual products or product categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " "warehouse resupplies its inventory:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" " from this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " "can be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the " "production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick " "first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " "location first, and then transfer it to the production location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" " to this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " "warehouse from another chosen warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73 msgid "" "*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" " is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "" "In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " "*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" " physical stock locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95 msgid "Create a virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " "the *virtual parent location* warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101 msgid "" "To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, " "including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was" " created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " "warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " ":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "" "This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is " "used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " "*child locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113 msgid "" "Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " "Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120 msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122 msgid "" "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), " "and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the " "first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" " be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the " "drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the " ":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" " warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130 msgid "" "Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent " "location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill " "a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location " "(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " "location*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location " "in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** " "warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " "in each warehouse, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143 msgid "" "To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the " ":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new " "quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the " "warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " "quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm" " that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" " virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " "order to be pulled from different warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`" " field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" " change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" " on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up" " correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" " all settings/configuration were done properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " "that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "" "To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down " "menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the " "*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " "there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185 msgid "" "Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales" " order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " "invoice for the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" msgstr "規則" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" " uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " "received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " "because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29 msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " "products should be stored in different locations depending on several " "factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " "and so on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" " the following sub-locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42 msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50 msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" "Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " "rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " "redirected to the right storage location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " "package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " "Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62 msgid "Take the following example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" " redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66 msgid "" "If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " "redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68 msgid "" "If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " "be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70 msgid "" "If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Using Storage Categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79 msgid "" "A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " "so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " "activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 msgid "Create a Storage Category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " "storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 msgid "" "First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104 msgid "" "Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " "the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" " purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" " can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " "depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " "the *Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " "scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " "product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" " goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " "expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " "closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " "Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "" ":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" "account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "" "To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " "products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " "lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " "three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " ":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" " the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " "orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " "Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " "of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " ":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " ":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " "after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "" "So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" " strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" " in the stock for the longest period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" "Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " "(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " "Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " "transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " "three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " ":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" " the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " "orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " ":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" "Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" " Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " "is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" "The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " "and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " "other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " "the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" " case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " "<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " "numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " "with five boxes in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " "15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " "of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" " July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " "the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " "transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" " closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " ":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " ":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" "Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " "has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " "removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," " but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " "that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "" "The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " "bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " "This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " "is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " "alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "Use removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" "To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " "either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " "the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" "To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " "activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " "that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" " if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" " to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " "the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " "the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" "Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " "three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 msgid "" "As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " "sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " ":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "" "On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " "have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " "strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" "With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " "that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " "mostly used for products without a shelf life." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 msgid "" "In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " "change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 msgid "" "Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" " products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 msgid "" "Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " "in many countries!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 msgid "" "With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " "products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " "case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "" "For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " ":doc:`the related doc " "<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 msgid "" "By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " "to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " "used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " "be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" "To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " "Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 msgid "" "For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " "them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" "When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" " reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" " :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "送貨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " "sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " "quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " "orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " "the top right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " "section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " "Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " "confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "交貨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" " accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " "information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "保養" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 msgid "Equipment management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " "of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different " "locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo " "can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third " "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "製造" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "創建一個物料清單." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" " to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " "product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " "quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " "beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" " :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" " this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " "operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " "name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " "components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "知道更多" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 msgid "" "In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " "enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " "This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " "from which the tablet view can be opened." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" " the first work order to enter the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 msgid "" "Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " "the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 msgid "" "The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " "order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " "multiple work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 msgid "Single work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " "order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" " MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " "still need to be manufactured is created automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " "reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 msgid "" "On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" " and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" " work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " "will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " "Close MO` after completing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " "backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " "the steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 msgid "Multiple work orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " "complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." " This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " "the original order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 msgid "" "The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " "manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " "immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " "button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 msgid "" "To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " "order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " ":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 msgid "" "If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " "click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" " orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " "backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " "tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 msgid "" "The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " "steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 msgid "" "It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " "order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." " Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " "backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 msgid "" "A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " "orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " "immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " "two of them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 msgid "" "As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " "painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " ":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " "work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " ":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " "Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 msgid "" "A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " "the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " ":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 msgid "" "Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " "remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " "complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " "saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " ":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" " setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " ":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 msgid "" "Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " "components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " ":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " "visible, activate it from the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " "Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" " below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be " "scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be" " scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to" " :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a " "manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a" " new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button " "appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " "pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity" " in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" " the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the " "components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished " "product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " "cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the " "required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock " "count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " "scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 msgid "" "If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two " "units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the " "total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " "manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 msgid "" "Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do " "so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 msgid "" "With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left" " of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the " ":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 msgid "" "Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and " "enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " ":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "Scrap finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 msgid "" "Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing " "order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, " "click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 msgid "" "Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they" " will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, " "the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished " "product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " "reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " "manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped " "after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " "will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " "Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " "them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " "subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "庫存計價" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "跟：" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " "inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "追溯性" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" "In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " "Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" "Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " "subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " "will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" "As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" "There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " "subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " "on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " "Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" "If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " "warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" "Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " "must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " "for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " "the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" "Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " "subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" msgstr "手動補貨" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" "If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " "convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " "are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " "center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" "Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " "off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " "Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" " and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" "Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" "For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " "center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " "center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " "selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" "A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " "working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " "details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" " the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " ":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" " Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " ":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " "manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" "On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " "default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "採購" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高級" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " "be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " "will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " "expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " "placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " "the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" " blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " "created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" " on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " "any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." " By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" " listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " "quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " "and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " "must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " "Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" " price will remain **0**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " "link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " ":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " "Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " "for the type of selection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " "product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " "purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " ":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" " order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " "product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " "but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " "manually set by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" " the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " "order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " "agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " "*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" " :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" "populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " "new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " "the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " "Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " "on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " "blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " "blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " "listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " "form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " "order that was just created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " "click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " "(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " "Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 msgid "" "Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" " drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " "name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," " and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," " as well as the product information entered on the product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 msgid "" "To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " "order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " "(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " "replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " "about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " ":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" " used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " "replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " "the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " "fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " "(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " "compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " "which vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " "quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " "the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " "lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " "do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" "down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " "set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " "Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" " the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " "sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " "past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " "offers for them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," " alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " "to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " "other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "" "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" " to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" " (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" " quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" " purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " "quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " "purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" " the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " "to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 msgid "" "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " "of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " "product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" "down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" " message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" " to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " "tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" " :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " ":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " "the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " "quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" " be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " "at first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " "email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " "orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " "previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "" "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " "Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " ":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " ":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " ":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " "pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 msgid "" "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " "alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " "vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " "go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " "created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" " a Compare Order Lines page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 msgid "" "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " "Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" " displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 msgid "" "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " "products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " "RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " "the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " "order, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " ":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " "removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " ":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " "individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" " the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " "provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" " from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " "set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " "can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " "purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 msgid "" "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " "into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " "clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " "purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " "purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " "details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " "when finished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " "now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " "listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " "column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " "into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " "vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " "policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " "applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" "To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" " the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " "Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " "definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " "used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" " vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 msgid "" "If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " "control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " "in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " "policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " "the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " "products actually being received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" " policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" " column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " ":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "三方匹配" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" "Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " "paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " "actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "" "3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " "set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " ":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " "a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " "since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " "in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " "received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " "draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 msgid "" "Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " "of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " "this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " ":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " ":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" " set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." " However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" "When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " "viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order billing status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 msgid "" "Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " "policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid "**Conditions**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On received quantities*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " "company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" " from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " "purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" " settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " "to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " "policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " "the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " "are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " "policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " "product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " "the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" " the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " "the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," " add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " "Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " ":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " "and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " "vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " "customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " "policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " "proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" " cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " "Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " "included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " ":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " "bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " "other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" " :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " "selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " "or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " "field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " "choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" " all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " "between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" " the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" " *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 msgid "Quality" msgstr "品質" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 msgid "" "Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " "checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " "quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " "Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " "detected by automated processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 msgid "" "In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" " the *Quality* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "" "A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" " create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " "quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " "module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " "Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " "created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " "the quality issue, if applicable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " "originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" " alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " "ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " "occurring in the future" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " "that produces the product, and the date assigned" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " "order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " "view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " "and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Access the work order menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 msgid "" "The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " "section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" "By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " "of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " "stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " "Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " "calendar, and pivot table views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 msgid "" "Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " "Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " "found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " "requires the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" " at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " "complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " "top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " "button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " "next step of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Add quality controls" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 msgid "" "Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " "registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " "warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " "manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " "specific points during production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 msgid "" "To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" " --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " "accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " "title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " "specific quality control point" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " "the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " "Orders`, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " "drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " "point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " ":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" " point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " "However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " "cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " ":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" " to determine how often the control point should executed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " ":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " "Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " "the quality control point check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " "evolution of the quality control point over time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " "fails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 msgid "" "Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " "automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " "order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 msgid "" "To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " ":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," " and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 msgid "" "To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " ":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " ":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " ":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " "fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " "will pass the check:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " "the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " "conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " "while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" " 60.5 mm)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" "When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " "Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " "specified on the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 msgid "" "When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" " a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " "prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " "products that measure within the values indicated in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" " measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " "worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " "view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " "team." msgstr ""